|
Monday June 15, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Challanger Soccer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 1
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 2
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Pick up Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 16, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Challanger Soccer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 1
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
Bone Builders
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 2
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Swan Basketball (Private)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 17, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Challanger Soccer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 1
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 2
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Dance (Olga)
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Mens Basketball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 18, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Challanger Soccer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 1
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
Bone Builders
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 2
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
Friday June 19, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Challanger Soccer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 1
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 2
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday June 22, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM
|
Volleyball Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 1
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 3
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 4
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Pick up Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 23, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM
|
Volleyball Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 1
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 3
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 4
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Swan Basketball (Private)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 24, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM
|
Volleyball Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 1
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 3
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 4
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Mens Basketball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 25, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM
|
Volleyball Summer Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 1
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 3
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 4
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
Friday June 26, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 3
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 1: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 4
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday June 29, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Pick up Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 30, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Swan Basketball (Private)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 1, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Mens Basketball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 2, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 2: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 1 - Session 1 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 1Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 3, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 6, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 5
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 2
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 6
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Pick up Volleyball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 7, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 5
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 2
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 6
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Swan Basketball (Private)
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 8, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 5
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 2
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 6
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Mens Basketball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 9, 2026
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 5
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 RMGC Junior Golf Camp - Session 2
Ralph Myhre Junior Golf Camp
Cost:Per Junior golfer $199.00 (Res) $248.75 (Non-Res)
(Sign up closes week prior to the camp chosen)
Week 1 – June 22-25
Week 2 – July 6-9
Week 3 – August 10-13
Course information: www.ralphmyhregolfcourse.com
Registration: Online or in-Person beginning May 5, 5:30PM
At Ralph Myhre, we are passionate about growing sport with junior golfers. Each year, we have an unbelievable instructor-to-camper ratio of 4:1 to ensure each participant not only grasps the game’s fundamentals of the golf swing but also develops some technical skills that they can take with them to use for years to come! Our camps emphasize sportsmanship, respect, etiquette, and always: the fun of playing golf outdoors in a group. Our camps are designed and led by coach, instructor and PGA associate Loyal Broughton, who has helped coach and teach some of the best juniors in the state and is currently the assistant coach of the men’s Middlebury College golf team. Camp Highlights:
Enhanced Learning: Fun first is a must. Instructions at the driving range, putting green, and our new short game practice area.
Extended Course Time: More time on the actual golf course during the latter part of each camp week, weather permitting.
Special Gifts and Prizes: Complimentary hats and golf balls, with prizes for individual and team achievements in friendly daily competitions
Camp Details:
Ages: 8 – 16
Sessions: Each week is open to all skill levels. We divide and mix groups to help create inclusive growth, while keeping friends together for added fun. This helps with character development, honesty, and integrity.
Equipment: If your junior does not have a set of golf clubs, that’s ok, we do!
Daily Details: Each session starts with interactive team games and competitions. Our group activities involve fundamentals of the game and practice sessions, and our on-course play involves individual play and team play, with some rules of the game information. Each day
at camp creates improvement, growth and a future of possibilities within the game.
Duration: Monday to Thursday, 9 AM to 12 PM.
Cost: $199 per child (248.75 for non-residents).
Extra Perks: Snacks provided daily. Junior golfers also receive a 5-round punch card for the season. Tavern on the Tee lunch deals available to campers each day after camp made especially for the Junior to enjoy!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 2 (B)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 3 (C)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 2 (G)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 1 (A)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Level 4 (D)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Preschool Level 1 (F)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 1 (H)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Flex 2 (I)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Swim Lessons Session 2 - Session 2 Parent & Child (E)
Swim Lessons Session 2Registration opens Tuesday, May 5th @5:30pm. Lessons are held Monday-Thursday. Fridays are reserved as a make-up day for cancellations due to weather. Private Lessons: Private and semi-private lessons are available upon request. Arrangements are made through pool staff. Fees: $130.00- Resident $162.50- Non-ResidentParent and Child - for ages 6 months to 36 months (must be accompanied by an adult) This class will teach your child to become more comfortable in water, so they are willing and ready to learn to swim. Basic skills taught include adjusting to water environment, comfort holding a front or back position in water and demonstrating breath control (blowing bubbles. etc.). Preschool Aquatics (3 Levels) Ages 3 and up. Designed to give children a positive, developmentally appropriate aquatic learning experience. Level 1 helps orient young preschool children to aquatic environment and gain basic skills. Level 2 helps children gain greater independence in the water using basic skills, Level 3 helps children to gain basic swimming propulsion skills to be comfortable in and around water. Each level must be completed before advancing to the next level. Learn-To-Swim (Levels 1 and 2) – Ages 6 and up Instructors will teach swimmers’ ability and confidence. Level 1: Focuses on skills such as water entry and exit, bobbing, blowing bubbles through nose and mouth, opening eyes underwater and retrieving objects. Level 1 must be passed to move to the next level.Level 2: Participants must be able to perform kicks, basic arm strokes and be comfortable with face in water. This level focuses on jumping feet first into the water, fully submerging and holding breath, floating face down in the water, back float, changing direction while swimming on front and back and continued work on swimming on front and back. Level 2 must be completed before advancing to Level 3.Level 3 - Stroke Development: Builds on previously learned skills by providing additional practice. Participants learn the survival float, front crawl with rotary breath and elementary backstroke. Headfirst entry into water is introduced and treading skills are improved with scissor and dolphin kicks. Level 3 must be passed before advancing to level 4. Level 4 - Stroke Improvement: Develops participants’ confidence in the strokes learned in Level 3 and improves other aquatic skills. In Level 4, participants improve their skills and increase their endurance by swimming familiar strokes (front crawl, elementary backstroke) for greater distances. Participants also learn the back crawl, breaststroke and butterfly and the basics of turning at a wall. Level 4 must be completed to advance to level 5. Level 5 - Stroke Refinement: Participants refine their performance of all strokes and increase their distances. Flip turns on the front and back are also introduced. Diving is refined. Level 5 must be completed to advance to level 6.Level 6 - Swimming and Skill Proficiency: The objectives of this level, the final level of the American Red Cross learn-to-swim program, are to refine the strokes so participants can swim them with ease, efficiency, power, and smoothness while going greater distances.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 6
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 10, 2026
|
|
5:30 AM - 7:00 AM
|
RESERVED- BASKETBALL (HAC)
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Super Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Tiny Swingers
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
2026 Camp Kookamunga - Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash.
CAMP KOOKAMUNGA DAY CAMP
Ages- Kids going into grades 1-6Fee: Field Trip Weeks: $329 Resident & $411.25 Non-ResidentNon-Field Trip Weeks: $299 Resident & $373.75 Non-ResidentRegistration will open March 4th @ 9:00amPLEASE NOTE: FIELD TRIPS ARE NOT JUST ON FRIDAYS! *If your child is signed up for additional lessons or camps at Rec. Park while attending Camp(This also includes Swim Team and Swim Lessons.) Kookamunga counselors will happily walk your child to and from those lessons/camps*Week 1: June 15th-19th - Blast off to summer. NO FIELD TRIP THIS WEEK. This week we will tie dye our Camp K shirts that will be worn on all field trips. We will also use mento’s and Coca-Cola to create an explosion as well as conducting other science experiments. We will also play a bunch of games that will help us get to know one another.Week 2: June 22nd – June 26th Need for speed. Field Trip- The fun spot in lake George NY. We will head to Fun spot for go-karting, roller skating, laser tag, mini golf and more. This week we will have lots of relays, races, and competitions.Week 3: June 29th – July 3rd Sports Mania- Field Trip- Get Air. During Sport week we will have a different variety of sports throughout the day and play team building games and sports.Week 4: July 6th – July 10th Make a Splash. NO Field Trip: This week we will play all sorts of water games, be in the water, have waterslides at camp. If you like water, this is the place to be. Week 5: July 13th – July 17th Sliding Through Summer. Field trip- Bromley Mountain adventure park, in Peru, VT where campers will enjoy slides, climbing walls, mini golf and much more. In addition to our field trip, this week’s camp will also have soccer-related tournaments each day.Week 6: July 20th – July 24th Staycation. Field Trip- Marquis Theatre. This week we will focus on local activities that make Middlebury great. we will walk to the Marquis Theater where we can relax and watch a movie. During this Staycation we will also walk around the TAM trail and explore Middlebury. We will do scavenger hunts, and more around Middlebury activities.Week 7: July 27th- July 31st Rolling into a Fun Week: Field Trip- Spare time. We will play lots of sports this week, lots of arts and crafts, swim, spend time with friends and end a fun filled week with a trip to Spare time for some bowling, laser tag and some arcade fun. Week 8: August 3rd – August 7th Fun in the sun Week: NO Field Trip: Fun in the Sun Week brings all the best parts of summer together in one cheerful, high-energy theme. Campers will enjoy sunny outdoor activities, water play, creative projects, and classic summertime games that celebrate warm weather and big smiles.Week 9: August 10th – 14th: Summer Sendoff Week. No Field Trip Campers can slow down the end of summer with all our favorite activities including dodgeball, friendship bracelets, and so much more. We will have daily theme days. A fun filled last week of camp before getting ready to head off to school.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Little Aces
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 5
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Marlins Swim Team - Mini Marlins
MIDDLEBURY SWIM TEAM
TEAM STORE/PORTAL LINK: https://metroswimshop.com/pages/team-account?teamid=MIDD
Team ID: 84026
Coaches: Carina Bellmann, Monica Benjamin, Elizabeth HardingContact Information: middleburyswimteam@gmail.comDates and times: June 15 – July 31 Monday-FridaySuper Marlins: 7:30–9:00 AMMarlins: 9:00–10:00 AMMini Marlins: 10:00–10:30 AMSuper Marlins Optional Monday &Wednesday Evening Skills Review 7:00–8:00 PMRegistration opens May 5, 5:30PM Registration closes May 29, 5:30PMDual meets are held on Tuesday and Thursday Evenings. Meets start at 6:00pm. Location: Middlebury Town PoolFees: Super Marlins: $275 ($343.75 non-res.) Marlins:$250 ($312.50 non-res.) Mini Marlins: $200 ($250 non-res.) Scholarships are available - for more scholarship information, please call 802-458-8015 Dual-meets (two-team competitions) are held on Tuesday and Thursday evenings from the end of June until the end of July. Meets start at 6pm**A distance meet is held July 11th to provide swimmers with the opportunity to qualify for distance events at the State Championship meet. All swimmers are encouraged to attend. More info to come later. Qualifying swim team members may choose to compete at The Champlain Valley Swim League Championship Meet and the Vermont State Championship at UVAC in White River Junction. Dates will be finalized later. Looking for a fun way to meet great families, develop a lifelong sport, be a part of a team, and make the most of your summer? Come join the Middlebury Swim Team! The team is divided into skill-level practice groups so each swimmer can develop at a comfortable pace. Not sure which practice group is right for your swimmer? Not to worry, MIDD coaches will help swimmers and their parents find their best fit! Mini Marlins: swimmers ages 5-8 with a competitive spirit and the need for experience. They will continue to improve rhythmic breathing and competitive stroke skills. As skills improve, swimmers are encouraged to compete in meets. Swimmers who can swim 25 yards independently are welcome to join this group. Marlins: experienced 8 & under, 9–10-year-old, and newer 11–12-year-old swimmers. Emphasis is placed on stroke development, correct technique, and building swimming endurance. Competitive preparation is introduced. Swimmers should plan to participate in swim meets. Super Marlins: 13-year-old and older swimmers, 11 & 12-year-old at the coaches’ discretion. Emphasis is placed on intensive water training with a continued focus on endurance, commitment, and competition. Stroke technique is reviewed as necessary, and race strategy is reinforced. All Super Marlins serve as role models for younger teammates and are expected to participate in swim meets. Apparel: Team suits are not required but may be purchased. More to come later. Super Marlins swimmers are encouraged to bring their own fins, snorkels and paddles to practice.Parents: Parents are asked to volunteer at swim meets. From scorers to concessions, timers to ribbon distribution, there is something for everyone and a way for all to contribute to the fun and success of our team.*Swimtopia is the primary means of communication. This swim management tool is used by coaches to send weekly updates as well as to enter swimmers in meets. Please download and familiarize yourself with this free application prior to the season starting.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
2026 Middlebury Tennis Lessons - Session 3: Hot Shots
Summer 2026 Middlebury Indoor Tennis and the Addison Community Athletics Foundation are sponsoring a variety of outdoor tennis opportunities for kids ages 5 to 14. Sessions are designed for beginning and intermediate players. Sessions run Monday-Thursday, with Friday reserved as a rain back-up day if needed. All sessions will be held at the Middlebury Recreation Park Courts. 8:30 – 9:00 AM: Tiny Swingers: Red Ball Tennis (ages 5-6) ($62.5/session non-resident; $50/session resident)9:00 – 10:00 AM: Little Aces: Red Ball Tennis (ages 7-9) ($87.5/session non-resident; $70/session resident) 10:00 – 11:30 AM: Hot Shots: Orange/Yellow-Dot Ball Tennis (ages 10-14)($137.5/session non-resident; $110/session resident) Session 1: June 22–26 Session 2: June 29–July 3 Session 3: July 6-10 Session 4: July 13-17 Session 5: July 20-24 Session 6: July 27-July 31 Sophia Boise, an Assistant Tennis Pro at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, will run the summer camps this year. Sophia and the seasoned junior pros working with her have a wealth of teaching experience that helps make summer tennis fun for all. For questions about summer camps, contact Franz Collas, Tennis Director at Middlebury Indoor Tennis, at franz@middleburytennis.com or at (802) 388-3733. Experienced players (ages 13-16)can enroll in advanced yellow ball sessions that are held indoors at Middlebury Indoor Tennis during the afternoon. Private lessons and clinics are available for children and adults of all ages and abilities! Please contact Franz Collas for more information about these opportunities
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Gymnastic Camp - Session 6
Gymnastics CampsInstructor: Terri PhelpsRegistration for Gymnastics Camps Opens Tuesday May 5th @5:30pmPhone: (802) 236-1315 Email: terriphelps@ymail.com- please only call or email with questions about classes.For registration questions please email:sbourne@townofmiddlebury.orgSession 1: June 15-199:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 2: June 15-19 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $160 (200 Non-Res)Session 3: June 22-269:00 AM-12:00 PM Ages 5-8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 4: June 22-261:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 5: July 6-109:00 AM-11:00 AM Ages 4-5 $90 ($112.50 Non-Res)Session 6: July 6-10 1:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 7: August 3-79:00 PM-12:00 PM Ages 5 - 8 $200 ($250 Non-Res)Session 8: August 3-71:00 PM-4:00 PM Ages 8-11 $200 ($250 Non-Res) Students will work to improve strength, flexibility, and coordination, as well as skill development in a safe and fun environment. Instruction will be included on uneven bars, beam, floor exercise, springboard, parallel bars, and vault.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Adult Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Family Pool Pass (Up to 6 People)
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Senior Citizens Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
2026 Summer Pool Pass - Youth Pool Pass
Daily FeesYouth (15 and younger) - $5.00Adults (16+) - $7.00Senior Citizens (55+)-$4.00 Season PassesYouth $75 (Non-Resident $93.75)Adult $90 (Non-Resident $112.50)Family- Up to 6 people $150.00 (Non-Resident $187.50)Senior Citizens (55+) $50 (Non-Resident $62.50)Operating ScheduleJUNE 15th- AUGUST 23rd (schedule subject to change)7:30am-10:30am- Swim Team Practice10:30am-12:00pm- Swim Lessons 12:15pm-1:00pm Adult Lap Swim1:00pm-4:45pm- Camp/Open Swim4:45pm-5:30pm- Adult Lap Swim5:30pm-7:00pm- Family Swim7:00pm-8:00pm - Swim Team Skills PracticeKiddie Pool: 5 years and younger is open from 12:15pm-8:00pm **Adult Supervision Required
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program - Summer 2026 Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program
Self Defense Aiki Jitsu Adults Program Instructor: Sensei Bruce Andrews Schedule: June 8 - July 31 Monday, Wednesday, Friday 7:00 - 8:30pm Ages 14 and upCost: $50.00Maximum Class Size: 8Questions: Contact Sensei Andrews at 860-488-0429 or bruce@zenbudokaieast.orgAiki Jitsu is a dynamic, self-defense oriented marital art encompassing strikes, throws, joint locks, and ground fighting. It focuses on using leverage and body mechanics to allow a smaller person to defeat a larger, stronger attacker.No experience not needed (but welcome if you have some!)Come ready to learn and enjoy a challenging and dynamic work out!Students are encouraged to purchase their own Judo Gi with white belt before class (Available at awma.com, amazon.com, or sporting goods stores). Note that a karate, tae kwon do or ju jitsu gi will be unlikely to stand up to the strain of throwing techniques. Students without a gi will not be able to participate in throwing techniques.
|
|
|
|